Upload
truongminh
View
226
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 1 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Notice
Please donrsquot remove the top cover for avoiding shock hazard If maintenance is required please contact qualified service staff for preventing the parts from being damaged
Caution Please donrsquot put the equipment in places with rainwater or high humidity for preventing fire or shock hazard
Notice
In order to ensure constant compatibility please connect the computer or peripheral equipment through prot connecting wire The user is possible of being deprived of the right to operate the equipment in relation to any alternations or modifications not authorized by the organizations in charge of compatibility
- 2 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Precautions before installation and utilization
If the product is required to be installed and maintained please contact qualified service staff or system engineering operator
Please do not operate the product beyond the temperature humidity or power supply range provided in the specification
Service temperature range of the equipment is 0oC ~ +50oC and the relative humidity is lower than 85
Input power supply of the equipment is DC 12V5A
For the efficiency and service life of the hard disk are subject to temperature effects (especially high temperature) the optimal
service temperature range of the equipment is +20oC ~ +30oC
Please operate the hard disk carefully
If the hard disk is moved when in operation it is possible of being damaged Do not move the hard disk right after energization
or deenergization (about 30s)
Please protect the hard disk against electrostatic damage
Please donrsquot stack or erect the hard disk
Please donrsquot fix the hard disk by electric screwdriver
Please wipe the equipment by dry cloth
Please donrsquot block the vent of the equipment
Please donrsquot place the equipment near heat source such as electric heater burner or other heat producing appliances
Please prevent the power line especially the plug convenient socket and any contacts between power line and the equipment
Please prevent the hardware from dropping into the slot opening of the equipment or else the equipment is possible of
permanent damage Please cut off the power supply immediately and contact qualified service staff for treatment as soon as
possible
Please operate the equipment carefully Please donrsquot knock and shake the equipment
Please donrsquot place the equipment in water or moisture and do not operate the equipment in humid area If the equipment is
damped please take treatment at once Please cut off the power supply immediately and contact qualified service staff for
treatment as soon as possible The moisture is possible of damaging the equipment and causing electrostatic shock
Please use mild chemicals to lightly wipe the equipment rather than cleaning it by chemicals with great corrosivity
Please donrsquot overload the extension wire or power outlet of the equipment or else fire or electric shock is possible of presence
Please record and keep your settings which will be of service to your treatment when the system setups are required to be
altered or unforeseen troubles take place
Please donrsquot apply copy disassembly reverse compilation reverse engineering and illegal deliver to export control areas to the
equipment
Notice This is a comprehensive instruction Please check the practical functional configuration when in use
- 3 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
CONTENTS 1 Product overviewmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
11 Product propertiesmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
2 Panel and remote controllermiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot21 Front panel middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot22 Remote controllermiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot23 Rear panelmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
3 Installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
31 General installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot32 Selective installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
4 Major frame and basic operationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
41 Start-up and shut-downmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot42 User logon and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot43 Previewmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot44 Visual recordingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
5 Main menumiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
51 Menu guidancemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot52 Menu operationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
6 System control middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
61 Cradle head controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot62 Video controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot63 Acoustic monitoringmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot64 Alarm controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
7 System setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
71 General setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot72 Coding setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot73 Visual recording setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot74 Cradle head setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot75 Network settingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot76 Alarm settingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot77 Video checkmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot78 Local displaymiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
8 Sys tem management middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot81 User accountmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot82 Exception handlingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot83 System maintenancemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
6 6 7 7 7 9 11 11 12 1313141515 212122 2626272828 30303132333435364040414344
- 4 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
84 Output regulationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot85 Reset to default middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
9 Remote network control and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot91 Remote accessmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot92 Remote connectionmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot93 Controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot94 Setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot95 Instruction to toolbarmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot96 Other operationsmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
Appendix 1 ndash General trouble shootingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 2 ndash Product specifications and technical parametersmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 3 ndash HD space estimatemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
444445454951545556 586063
- 5 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
1 Product overview The H264 digital video record for monitoring purpose is applicable to household medium small scale office areasbankroad surveillancesupermarket and other circumstances and integrates hard disk record player video multiplexer and network server In order to reach the top mutual connectivity and operationality this series of digital record player for monitoring purpose adopts the leading monitoring framework in this industry which is constructed from the front end to the rear end With the latest scientific and technological system framework powerful compressiondecompression engine and intelligent visual recording algorithm the system is liable to realize multiple functions for meeting the increasing requirements of the monitoring industry on function efficiency reliability in-commission rate and so on This Manual just as 8 channel standalone DVR for example to explainall pictures using all of 8CH standalone DVR in Standard4channel16channel just for reference Below instruction means 4CH 4channel Standalone DVR 8CH 8channel Standalone DVR 16CH 16channel Standalone DVR
11 Product properties 4816 sets of colored or monochrome camera can be connected and signal in PALNTSC
format is applicable H264 Baseline Profile image compression standard and adjustable visual recording quality ADPCM sound compressiondecompression Overall operation of six functions ndash visual recording playback real-time video monitoring
backup control and remote monitoring can be operated simultaneously Fastest visual recording speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL)
pieces per second Fastest playback speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per
second and can be used for 4-channel playback Real-time display each set of camera is 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per second Be applicable to event visual recording schedule visual recording and manual visual recording Be capable of playing back and searching according to time or event (alarm movement and
sensory alarm) Shielding alarm function for preventing the lens from being deliberately shielded by someone Several formats of display frames full screen and 4 8916 divisional frame formats Alarm polling and routine polling functions Intelligent movement detection with adjustable detection area and sensitivity Powerful sensing alarm visual recording function of which the toggle condition and visual
recording channel linkage can be set 4CH 1 SATA hard disk can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
8CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB 16CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
USB20 interface through which the visual recording file can be backed up into U disk and mobile hard disk
Built-in DVD writer which is applicable to writing and backup function of compact disc (optional)
Ethernet interface is provided for realizing remote monitoring remote playback acoustic monitoring remote setting and remote software upgrading through network browser
Provide PTZ control Be applicable to userrsquos authority limitation system lock and other safety guard functions
- 6 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
2 Panel and remote controller 21 Front panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
1 LED
POWindication power supply (green)
HDDhard disk visual recording (red)
NETnetwork data transmission indication (yellow)
BACKUPbackup data indication(blue)
2 IR infrared receiving window of the remote controller
3 USB(MOUSE) for connecting U-disk mobile hard disk and other devices
NOTICEOther keysrsquo function same to remote controller please check the instruction at next chapter in lsquoRemote controllerrsquo
22 Remote controller
- 7 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The remote controller can be used for replacing all button operations on the front panel Under the condition of obstruction free the effective distance of the remote controller is 10m or so
Name Operating instruction Name Operating instruction
[POWER]
When the system at standby mode press this key will be entered in Start-up when the system operation indicationpress this key up to 3seconds will beentered in shut-down menu
[ ] SWITCH
Switching of 148916 Preview window mode
[DEV] Device selection
[ ]REC Visual recording control
[ ]SEARCH
Visual recording playback
[ ] Slow playback 12times 14times 18times and single frame play
[FN]
Relevant menu of the current preview channel is ejected under preview state Relevant menu of the current playback channel is ejected when in professional playback Soft keyboard is called under edit mode Switching of Lens IRISFOCUSZOOM modes
[ ] Fast playback 2times 4times and 8times playback [-] Lens control volume reduction and
last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Stop [+] Lens control volume increase and last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Start playing under searching state Playpause
[ ]MUTE
Mute permissionprohibition
[FOCUS]
Switching of Lens FOCUS modes [ ]
Switching of full screenmulti-window playback modes [ZOOM] Switching of Lens ZOOM modes
[ ]MENU
Access main menu [0~9]
Digital input Corresponding channel is magnified in full screen under preview state
[ ]ESC
Close soft keyboard Close current window Exit from current control Return to last menu
[10+]
Fast key for 10 to 16 channel is magnified in full screen under preview state(press this key at firstthen press the 0~6 number)
[larr] Return keydelete the charecters [PTZ] Accessexit from cradle head
control under preview state [SEQ] Skipping and polling control when starting polling setting
[BACKUP]
Backup of visual recording
[]
Control item for four-direction selecting window Select the menu items of the relevant menu Expandretract the menu at the next level of the relevant menu Control the rotation direction of the cradle head under PTZ mode
- 8 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Notice
Please donrsquot remove the top cover for avoiding shock hazard If maintenance is required please contact qualified service staff for preventing the parts from being damaged
Caution Please donrsquot put the equipment in places with rainwater or high humidity for preventing fire or shock hazard
Notice
In order to ensure constant compatibility please connect the computer or peripheral equipment through prot connecting wire The user is possible of being deprived of the right to operate the equipment in relation to any alternations or modifications not authorized by the organizations in charge of compatibility
- 2 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Precautions before installation and utilization
If the product is required to be installed and maintained please contact qualified service staff or system engineering operator
Please do not operate the product beyond the temperature humidity or power supply range provided in the specification
Service temperature range of the equipment is 0oC ~ +50oC and the relative humidity is lower than 85
Input power supply of the equipment is DC 12V5A
For the efficiency and service life of the hard disk are subject to temperature effects (especially high temperature) the optimal
service temperature range of the equipment is +20oC ~ +30oC
Please operate the hard disk carefully
If the hard disk is moved when in operation it is possible of being damaged Do not move the hard disk right after energization
or deenergization (about 30s)
Please protect the hard disk against electrostatic damage
Please donrsquot stack or erect the hard disk
Please donrsquot fix the hard disk by electric screwdriver
Please wipe the equipment by dry cloth
Please donrsquot block the vent of the equipment
Please donrsquot place the equipment near heat source such as electric heater burner or other heat producing appliances
Please prevent the power line especially the plug convenient socket and any contacts between power line and the equipment
Please prevent the hardware from dropping into the slot opening of the equipment or else the equipment is possible of
permanent damage Please cut off the power supply immediately and contact qualified service staff for treatment as soon as
possible
Please operate the equipment carefully Please donrsquot knock and shake the equipment
Please donrsquot place the equipment in water or moisture and do not operate the equipment in humid area If the equipment is
damped please take treatment at once Please cut off the power supply immediately and contact qualified service staff for
treatment as soon as possible The moisture is possible of damaging the equipment and causing electrostatic shock
Please use mild chemicals to lightly wipe the equipment rather than cleaning it by chemicals with great corrosivity
Please donrsquot overload the extension wire or power outlet of the equipment or else fire or electric shock is possible of presence
Please record and keep your settings which will be of service to your treatment when the system setups are required to be
altered or unforeseen troubles take place
Please donrsquot apply copy disassembly reverse compilation reverse engineering and illegal deliver to export control areas to the
equipment
Notice This is a comprehensive instruction Please check the practical functional configuration when in use
- 3 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
CONTENTS 1 Product overviewmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
11 Product propertiesmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
2 Panel and remote controllermiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot21 Front panel middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot22 Remote controllermiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot23 Rear panelmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
3 Installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
31 General installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot32 Selective installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
4 Major frame and basic operationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
41 Start-up and shut-downmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot42 User logon and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot43 Previewmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot44 Visual recordingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
5 Main menumiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
51 Menu guidancemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot52 Menu operationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
6 System control middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
61 Cradle head controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot62 Video controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot63 Acoustic monitoringmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot64 Alarm controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
7 System setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
71 General setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot72 Coding setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot73 Visual recording setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot74 Cradle head setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot75 Network settingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot76 Alarm settingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot77 Video checkmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot78 Local displaymiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
8 Sys tem management middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot81 User accountmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot82 Exception handlingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot83 System maintenancemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
6 6 7 7 7 9 11 11 12 1313141515 212122 2626272828 30303132333435364040414344
- 4 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
84 Output regulationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot85 Reset to default middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
9 Remote network control and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot91 Remote accessmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot92 Remote connectionmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot93 Controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot94 Setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot95 Instruction to toolbarmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot96 Other operationsmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
Appendix 1 ndash General trouble shootingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 2 ndash Product specifications and technical parametersmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 3 ndash HD space estimatemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
444445454951545556 586063
- 5 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
1 Product overview The H264 digital video record for monitoring purpose is applicable to household medium small scale office areasbankroad surveillancesupermarket and other circumstances and integrates hard disk record player video multiplexer and network server In order to reach the top mutual connectivity and operationality this series of digital record player for monitoring purpose adopts the leading monitoring framework in this industry which is constructed from the front end to the rear end With the latest scientific and technological system framework powerful compressiondecompression engine and intelligent visual recording algorithm the system is liable to realize multiple functions for meeting the increasing requirements of the monitoring industry on function efficiency reliability in-commission rate and so on This Manual just as 8 channel standalone DVR for example to explainall pictures using all of 8CH standalone DVR in Standard4channel16channel just for reference Below instruction means 4CH 4channel Standalone DVR 8CH 8channel Standalone DVR 16CH 16channel Standalone DVR
11 Product properties 4816 sets of colored or monochrome camera can be connected and signal in PALNTSC
format is applicable H264 Baseline Profile image compression standard and adjustable visual recording quality ADPCM sound compressiondecompression Overall operation of six functions ndash visual recording playback real-time video monitoring
backup control and remote monitoring can be operated simultaneously Fastest visual recording speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL)
pieces per second Fastest playback speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per
second and can be used for 4-channel playback Real-time display each set of camera is 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per second Be applicable to event visual recording schedule visual recording and manual visual recording Be capable of playing back and searching according to time or event (alarm movement and
sensory alarm) Shielding alarm function for preventing the lens from being deliberately shielded by someone Several formats of display frames full screen and 4 8916 divisional frame formats Alarm polling and routine polling functions Intelligent movement detection with adjustable detection area and sensitivity Powerful sensing alarm visual recording function of which the toggle condition and visual
recording channel linkage can be set 4CH 1 SATA hard disk can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
8CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB 16CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
USB20 interface through which the visual recording file can be backed up into U disk and mobile hard disk
Built-in DVD writer which is applicable to writing and backup function of compact disc (optional)
Ethernet interface is provided for realizing remote monitoring remote playback acoustic monitoring remote setting and remote software upgrading through network browser
Provide PTZ control Be applicable to userrsquos authority limitation system lock and other safety guard functions
- 6 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
2 Panel and remote controller 21 Front panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
1 LED
POWindication power supply (green)
HDDhard disk visual recording (red)
NETnetwork data transmission indication (yellow)
BACKUPbackup data indication(blue)
2 IR infrared receiving window of the remote controller
3 USB(MOUSE) for connecting U-disk mobile hard disk and other devices
NOTICEOther keysrsquo function same to remote controller please check the instruction at next chapter in lsquoRemote controllerrsquo
22 Remote controller
- 7 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The remote controller can be used for replacing all button operations on the front panel Under the condition of obstruction free the effective distance of the remote controller is 10m or so
Name Operating instruction Name Operating instruction
[POWER]
When the system at standby mode press this key will be entered in Start-up when the system operation indicationpress this key up to 3seconds will beentered in shut-down menu
[ ] SWITCH
Switching of 148916 Preview window mode
[DEV] Device selection
[ ]REC Visual recording control
[ ]SEARCH
Visual recording playback
[ ] Slow playback 12times 14times 18times and single frame play
[FN]
Relevant menu of the current preview channel is ejected under preview state Relevant menu of the current playback channel is ejected when in professional playback Soft keyboard is called under edit mode Switching of Lens IRISFOCUSZOOM modes
[ ] Fast playback 2times 4times and 8times playback [-] Lens control volume reduction and
last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Stop [+] Lens control volume increase and last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Start playing under searching state Playpause
[ ]MUTE
Mute permissionprohibition
[FOCUS]
Switching of Lens FOCUS modes [ ]
Switching of full screenmulti-window playback modes [ZOOM] Switching of Lens ZOOM modes
[ ]MENU
Access main menu [0~9]
Digital input Corresponding channel is magnified in full screen under preview state
[ ]ESC
Close soft keyboard Close current window Exit from current control Return to last menu
[10+]
Fast key for 10 to 16 channel is magnified in full screen under preview state(press this key at firstthen press the 0~6 number)
[larr] Return keydelete the charecters [PTZ] Accessexit from cradle head
control under preview state [SEQ] Skipping and polling control when starting polling setting
[BACKUP]
Backup of visual recording
[]
Control item for four-direction selecting window Select the menu items of the relevant menu Expandretract the menu at the next level of the relevant menu Control the rotation direction of the cradle head under PTZ mode
- 8 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Precautions before installation and utilization
If the product is required to be installed and maintained please contact qualified service staff or system engineering operator
Please do not operate the product beyond the temperature humidity or power supply range provided in the specification
Service temperature range of the equipment is 0oC ~ +50oC and the relative humidity is lower than 85
Input power supply of the equipment is DC 12V5A
For the efficiency and service life of the hard disk are subject to temperature effects (especially high temperature) the optimal
service temperature range of the equipment is +20oC ~ +30oC
Please operate the hard disk carefully
If the hard disk is moved when in operation it is possible of being damaged Do not move the hard disk right after energization
or deenergization (about 30s)
Please protect the hard disk against electrostatic damage
Please donrsquot stack or erect the hard disk
Please donrsquot fix the hard disk by electric screwdriver
Please wipe the equipment by dry cloth
Please donrsquot block the vent of the equipment
Please donrsquot place the equipment near heat source such as electric heater burner or other heat producing appliances
Please prevent the power line especially the plug convenient socket and any contacts between power line and the equipment
Please prevent the hardware from dropping into the slot opening of the equipment or else the equipment is possible of
permanent damage Please cut off the power supply immediately and contact qualified service staff for treatment as soon as
possible
Please operate the equipment carefully Please donrsquot knock and shake the equipment
Please donrsquot place the equipment in water or moisture and do not operate the equipment in humid area If the equipment is
damped please take treatment at once Please cut off the power supply immediately and contact qualified service staff for
treatment as soon as possible The moisture is possible of damaging the equipment and causing electrostatic shock
Please use mild chemicals to lightly wipe the equipment rather than cleaning it by chemicals with great corrosivity
Please donrsquot overload the extension wire or power outlet of the equipment or else fire or electric shock is possible of presence
Please record and keep your settings which will be of service to your treatment when the system setups are required to be
altered or unforeseen troubles take place
Please donrsquot apply copy disassembly reverse compilation reverse engineering and illegal deliver to export control areas to the
equipment
Notice This is a comprehensive instruction Please check the practical functional configuration when in use
- 3 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
CONTENTS 1 Product overviewmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
11 Product propertiesmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
2 Panel and remote controllermiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot21 Front panel middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot22 Remote controllermiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot23 Rear panelmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
3 Installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
31 General installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot32 Selective installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
4 Major frame and basic operationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
41 Start-up and shut-downmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot42 User logon and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot43 Previewmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot44 Visual recordingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
5 Main menumiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
51 Menu guidancemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot52 Menu operationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
6 System control middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
61 Cradle head controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot62 Video controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot63 Acoustic monitoringmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot64 Alarm controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
7 System setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
71 General setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot72 Coding setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot73 Visual recording setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot74 Cradle head setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot75 Network settingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot76 Alarm settingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot77 Video checkmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot78 Local displaymiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
8 Sys tem management middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot81 User accountmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot82 Exception handlingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot83 System maintenancemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
6 6 7 7 7 9 11 11 12 1313141515 212122 2626272828 30303132333435364040414344
- 4 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
84 Output regulationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot85 Reset to default middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
9 Remote network control and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot91 Remote accessmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot92 Remote connectionmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot93 Controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot94 Setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot95 Instruction to toolbarmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot96 Other operationsmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
Appendix 1 ndash General trouble shootingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 2 ndash Product specifications and technical parametersmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 3 ndash HD space estimatemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
444445454951545556 586063
- 5 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
1 Product overview The H264 digital video record for monitoring purpose is applicable to household medium small scale office areasbankroad surveillancesupermarket and other circumstances and integrates hard disk record player video multiplexer and network server In order to reach the top mutual connectivity and operationality this series of digital record player for monitoring purpose adopts the leading monitoring framework in this industry which is constructed from the front end to the rear end With the latest scientific and technological system framework powerful compressiondecompression engine and intelligent visual recording algorithm the system is liable to realize multiple functions for meeting the increasing requirements of the monitoring industry on function efficiency reliability in-commission rate and so on This Manual just as 8 channel standalone DVR for example to explainall pictures using all of 8CH standalone DVR in Standard4channel16channel just for reference Below instruction means 4CH 4channel Standalone DVR 8CH 8channel Standalone DVR 16CH 16channel Standalone DVR
11 Product properties 4816 sets of colored or monochrome camera can be connected and signal in PALNTSC
format is applicable H264 Baseline Profile image compression standard and adjustable visual recording quality ADPCM sound compressiondecompression Overall operation of six functions ndash visual recording playback real-time video monitoring
backup control and remote monitoring can be operated simultaneously Fastest visual recording speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL)
pieces per second Fastest playback speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per
second and can be used for 4-channel playback Real-time display each set of camera is 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per second Be applicable to event visual recording schedule visual recording and manual visual recording Be capable of playing back and searching according to time or event (alarm movement and
sensory alarm) Shielding alarm function for preventing the lens from being deliberately shielded by someone Several formats of display frames full screen and 4 8916 divisional frame formats Alarm polling and routine polling functions Intelligent movement detection with adjustable detection area and sensitivity Powerful sensing alarm visual recording function of which the toggle condition and visual
recording channel linkage can be set 4CH 1 SATA hard disk can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
8CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB 16CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
USB20 interface through which the visual recording file can be backed up into U disk and mobile hard disk
Built-in DVD writer which is applicable to writing and backup function of compact disc (optional)
Ethernet interface is provided for realizing remote monitoring remote playback acoustic monitoring remote setting and remote software upgrading through network browser
Provide PTZ control Be applicable to userrsquos authority limitation system lock and other safety guard functions
- 6 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
2 Panel and remote controller 21 Front panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
1 LED
POWindication power supply (green)
HDDhard disk visual recording (red)
NETnetwork data transmission indication (yellow)
BACKUPbackup data indication(blue)
2 IR infrared receiving window of the remote controller
3 USB(MOUSE) for connecting U-disk mobile hard disk and other devices
NOTICEOther keysrsquo function same to remote controller please check the instruction at next chapter in lsquoRemote controllerrsquo
22 Remote controller
- 7 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The remote controller can be used for replacing all button operations on the front panel Under the condition of obstruction free the effective distance of the remote controller is 10m or so
Name Operating instruction Name Operating instruction
[POWER]
When the system at standby mode press this key will be entered in Start-up when the system operation indicationpress this key up to 3seconds will beentered in shut-down menu
[ ] SWITCH
Switching of 148916 Preview window mode
[DEV] Device selection
[ ]REC Visual recording control
[ ]SEARCH
Visual recording playback
[ ] Slow playback 12times 14times 18times and single frame play
[FN]
Relevant menu of the current preview channel is ejected under preview state Relevant menu of the current playback channel is ejected when in professional playback Soft keyboard is called under edit mode Switching of Lens IRISFOCUSZOOM modes
[ ] Fast playback 2times 4times and 8times playback [-] Lens control volume reduction and
last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Stop [+] Lens control volume increase and last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Start playing under searching state Playpause
[ ]MUTE
Mute permissionprohibition
[FOCUS]
Switching of Lens FOCUS modes [ ]
Switching of full screenmulti-window playback modes [ZOOM] Switching of Lens ZOOM modes
[ ]MENU
Access main menu [0~9]
Digital input Corresponding channel is magnified in full screen under preview state
[ ]ESC
Close soft keyboard Close current window Exit from current control Return to last menu
[10+]
Fast key for 10 to 16 channel is magnified in full screen under preview state(press this key at firstthen press the 0~6 number)
[larr] Return keydelete the charecters [PTZ] Accessexit from cradle head
control under preview state [SEQ] Skipping and polling control when starting polling setting
[BACKUP]
Backup of visual recording
[]
Control item for four-direction selecting window Select the menu items of the relevant menu Expandretract the menu at the next level of the relevant menu Control the rotation direction of the cradle head under PTZ mode
- 8 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
CONTENTS 1 Product overviewmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
11 Product propertiesmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
2 Panel and remote controllermiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot21 Front panel middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot22 Remote controllermiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot23 Rear panelmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
3 Installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
31 General installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot32 Selective installationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
4 Major frame and basic operationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
41 Start-up and shut-downmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot42 User logon and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot43 Previewmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot44 Visual recordingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
5 Main menumiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
51 Menu guidancemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot52 Menu operationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
6 System control middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
61 Cradle head controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot62 Video controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot63 Acoustic monitoringmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot64 Alarm controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
7 System setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
71 General setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot72 Coding setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot73 Visual recording setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot74 Cradle head setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot75 Network settingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot76 Alarm settingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot77 Video checkmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot78 Local displaymiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
8 Sys tem management middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot middot81 User accountmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot82 Exception handlingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot83 System maintenancemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
6 6 7 7 7 9 11 11 12 1313141515 212122 2626272828 30303132333435364040414344
- 4 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
84 Output regulationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot85 Reset to default middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
9 Remote network control and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot91 Remote accessmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot92 Remote connectionmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot93 Controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot94 Setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot95 Instruction to toolbarmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot96 Other operationsmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
Appendix 1 ndash General trouble shootingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 2 ndash Product specifications and technical parametersmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 3 ndash HD space estimatemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
444445454951545556 586063
- 5 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
1 Product overview The H264 digital video record for monitoring purpose is applicable to household medium small scale office areasbankroad surveillancesupermarket and other circumstances and integrates hard disk record player video multiplexer and network server In order to reach the top mutual connectivity and operationality this series of digital record player for monitoring purpose adopts the leading monitoring framework in this industry which is constructed from the front end to the rear end With the latest scientific and technological system framework powerful compressiondecompression engine and intelligent visual recording algorithm the system is liable to realize multiple functions for meeting the increasing requirements of the monitoring industry on function efficiency reliability in-commission rate and so on This Manual just as 8 channel standalone DVR for example to explainall pictures using all of 8CH standalone DVR in Standard4channel16channel just for reference Below instruction means 4CH 4channel Standalone DVR 8CH 8channel Standalone DVR 16CH 16channel Standalone DVR
11 Product properties 4816 sets of colored or monochrome camera can be connected and signal in PALNTSC
format is applicable H264 Baseline Profile image compression standard and adjustable visual recording quality ADPCM sound compressiondecompression Overall operation of six functions ndash visual recording playback real-time video monitoring
backup control and remote monitoring can be operated simultaneously Fastest visual recording speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL)
pieces per second Fastest playback speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per
second and can be used for 4-channel playback Real-time display each set of camera is 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per second Be applicable to event visual recording schedule visual recording and manual visual recording Be capable of playing back and searching according to time or event (alarm movement and
sensory alarm) Shielding alarm function for preventing the lens from being deliberately shielded by someone Several formats of display frames full screen and 4 8916 divisional frame formats Alarm polling and routine polling functions Intelligent movement detection with adjustable detection area and sensitivity Powerful sensing alarm visual recording function of which the toggle condition and visual
recording channel linkage can be set 4CH 1 SATA hard disk can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
8CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB 16CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
USB20 interface through which the visual recording file can be backed up into U disk and mobile hard disk
Built-in DVD writer which is applicable to writing and backup function of compact disc (optional)
Ethernet interface is provided for realizing remote monitoring remote playback acoustic monitoring remote setting and remote software upgrading through network browser
Provide PTZ control Be applicable to userrsquos authority limitation system lock and other safety guard functions
- 6 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
2 Panel and remote controller 21 Front panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
1 LED
POWindication power supply (green)
HDDhard disk visual recording (red)
NETnetwork data transmission indication (yellow)
BACKUPbackup data indication(blue)
2 IR infrared receiving window of the remote controller
3 USB(MOUSE) for connecting U-disk mobile hard disk and other devices
NOTICEOther keysrsquo function same to remote controller please check the instruction at next chapter in lsquoRemote controllerrsquo
22 Remote controller
- 7 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The remote controller can be used for replacing all button operations on the front panel Under the condition of obstruction free the effective distance of the remote controller is 10m or so
Name Operating instruction Name Operating instruction
[POWER]
When the system at standby mode press this key will be entered in Start-up when the system operation indicationpress this key up to 3seconds will beentered in shut-down menu
[ ] SWITCH
Switching of 148916 Preview window mode
[DEV] Device selection
[ ]REC Visual recording control
[ ]SEARCH
Visual recording playback
[ ] Slow playback 12times 14times 18times and single frame play
[FN]
Relevant menu of the current preview channel is ejected under preview state Relevant menu of the current playback channel is ejected when in professional playback Soft keyboard is called under edit mode Switching of Lens IRISFOCUSZOOM modes
[ ] Fast playback 2times 4times and 8times playback [-] Lens control volume reduction and
last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Stop [+] Lens control volume increase and last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Start playing under searching state Playpause
[ ]MUTE
Mute permissionprohibition
[FOCUS]
Switching of Lens FOCUS modes [ ]
Switching of full screenmulti-window playback modes [ZOOM] Switching of Lens ZOOM modes
[ ]MENU
Access main menu [0~9]
Digital input Corresponding channel is magnified in full screen under preview state
[ ]ESC
Close soft keyboard Close current window Exit from current control Return to last menu
[10+]
Fast key for 10 to 16 channel is magnified in full screen under preview state(press this key at firstthen press the 0~6 number)
[larr] Return keydelete the charecters [PTZ] Accessexit from cradle head
control under preview state [SEQ] Skipping and polling control when starting polling setting
[BACKUP]
Backup of visual recording
[]
Control item for four-direction selecting window Select the menu items of the relevant menu Expandretract the menu at the next level of the relevant menu Control the rotation direction of the cradle head under PTZ mode
- 8 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
84 Output regulationmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot85 Reset to default middotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
9 Remote network control and managementmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot91 Remote accessmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot92 Remote connectionmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot93 Controlmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot94 Setupmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot95 Instruction to toolbarmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot96 Other operationsmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
Appendix 1 ndash General trouble shootingmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 2 ndash Product specifications and technical parametersmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotAppendix 3 ndash HD space estimatemiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddotmiddot
444445454951545556 586063
- 5 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
1 Product overview The H264 digital video record for monitoring purpose is applicable to household medium small scale office areasbankroad surveillancesupermarket and other circumstances and integrates hard disk record player video multiplexer and network server In order to reach the top mutual connectivity and operationality this series of digital record player for monitoring purpose adopts the leading monitoring framework in this industry which is constructed from the front end to the rear end With the latest scientific and technological system framework powerful compressiondecompression engine and intelligent visual recording algorithm the system is liable to realize multiple functions for meeting the increasing requirements of the monitoring industry on function efficiency reliability in-commission rate and so on This Manual just as 8 channel standalone DVR for example to explainall pictures using all of 8CH standalone DVR in Standard4channel16channel just for reference Below instruction means 4CH 4channel Standalone DVR 8CH 8channel Standalone DVR 16CH 16channel Standalone DVR
11 Product properties 4816 sets of colored or monochrome camera can be connected and signal in PALNTSC
format is applicable H264 Baseline Profile image compression standard and adjustable visual recording quality ADPCM sound compressiondecompression Overall operation of six functions ndash visual recording playback real-time video monitoring
backup control and remote monitoring can be operated simultaneously Fastest visual recording speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL)
pieces per second Fastest playback speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per
second and can be used for 4-channel playback Real-time display each set of camera is 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per second Be applicable to event visual recording schedule visual recording and manual visual recording Be capable of playing back and searching according to time or event (alarm movement and
sensory alarm) Shielding alarm function for preventing the lens from being deliberately shielded by someone Several formats of display frames full screen and 4 8916 divisional frame formats Alarm polling and routine polling functions Intelligent movement detection with adjustable detection area and sensitivity Powerful sensing alarm visual recording function of which the toggle condition and visual
recording channel linkage can be set 4CH 1 SATA hard disk can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
8CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB 16CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
USB20 interface through which the visual recording file can be backed up into U disk and mobile hard disk
Built-in DVD writer which is applicable to writing and backup function of compact disc (optional)
Ethernet interface is provided for realizing remote monitoring remote playback acoustic monitoring remote setting and remote software upgrading through network browser
Provide PTZ control Be applicable to userrsquos authority limitation system lock and other safety guard functions
- 6 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
2 Panel and remote controller 21 Front panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
1 LED
POWindication power supply (green)
HDDhard disk visual recording (red)
NETnetwork data transmission indication (yellow)
BACKUPbackup data indication(blue)
2 IR infrared receiving window of the remote controller
3 USB(MOUSE) for connecting U-disk mobile hard disk and other devices
NOTICEOther keysrsquo function same to remote controller please check the instruction at next chapter in lsquoRemote controllerrsquo
22 Remote controller
- 7 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The remote controller can be used for replacing all button operations on the front panel Under the condition of obstruction free the effective distance of the remote controller is 10m or so
Name Operating instruction Name Operating instruction
[POWER]
When the system at standby mode press this key will be entered in Start-up when the system operation indicationpress this key up to 3seconds will beentered in shut-down menu
[ ] SWITCH
Switching of 148916 Preview window mode
[DEV] Device selection
[ ]REC Visual recording control
[ ]SEARCH
Visual recording playback
[ ] Slow playback 12times 14times 18times and single frame play
[FN]
Relevant menu of the current preview channel is ejected under preview state Relevant menu of the current playback channel is ejected when in professional playback Soft keyboard is called under edit mode Switching of Lens IRISFOCUSZOOM modes
[ ] Fast playback 2times 4times and 8times playback [-] Lens control volume reduction and
last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Stop [+] Lens control volume increase and last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Start playing under searching state Playpause
[ ]MUTE
Mute permissionprohibition
[FOCUS]
Switching of Lens FOCUS modes [ ]
Switching of full screenmulti-window playback modes [ZOOM] Switching of Lens ZOOM modes
[ ]MENU
Access main menu [0~9]
Digital input Corresponding channel is magnified in full screen under preview state
[ ]ESC
Close soft keyboard Close current window Exit from current control Return to last menu
[10+]
Fast key for 10 to 16 channel is magnified in full screen under preview state(press this key at firstthen press the 0~6 number)
[larr] Return keydelete the charecters [PTZ] Accessexit from cradle head
control under preview state [SEQ] Skipping and polling control when starting polling setting
[BACKUP]
Backup of visual recording
[]
Control item for four-direction selecting window Select the menu items of the relevant menu Expandretract the menu at the next level of the relevant menu Control the rotation direction of the cradle head under PTZ mode
- 8 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
1 Product overview The H264 digital video record for monitoring purpose is applicable to household medium small scale office areasbankroad surveillancesupermarket and other circumstances and integrates hard disk record player video multiplexer and network server In order to reach the top mutual connectivity and operationality this series of digital record player for monitoring purpose adopts the leading monitoring framework in this industry which is constructed from the front end to the rear end With the latest scientific and technological system framework powerful compressiondecompression engine and intelligent visual recording algorithm the system is liable to realize multiple functions for meeting the increasing requirements of the monitoring industry on function efficiency reliability in-commission rate and so on This Manual just as 8 channel standalone DVR for example to explainall pictures using all of 8CH standalone DVR in Standard4channel16channel just for reference Below instruction means 4CH 4channel Standalone DVR 8CH 8channel Standalone DVR 16CH 16channel Standalone DVR
11 Product properties 4816 sets of colored or monochrome camera can be connected and signal in PALNTSC
format is applicable H264 Baseline Profile image compression standard and adjustable visual recording quality ADPCM sound compressiondecompression Overall operation of six functions ndash visual recording playback real-time video monitoring
backup control and remote monitoring can be operated simultaneously Fastest visual recording speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL)
pieces per second Fastest playback speedFastest speed for each channel of CIF 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per
second and can be used for 4-channel playback Real-time display each set of camera is 30 (NTSC) 25 (PAL) pieces per second Be applicable to event visual recording schedule visual recording and manual visual recording Be capable of playing back and searching according to time or event (alarm movement and
sensory alarm) Shielding alarm function for preventing the lens from being deliberately shielded by someone Several formats of display frames full screen and 4 8916 divisional frame formats Alarm polling and routine polling functions Intelligent movement detection with adjustable detection area and sensitivity Powerful sensing alarm visual recording function of which the toggle condition and visual
recording channel linkage can be set 4CH 1 SATA hard disk can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
8CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB 16CH 4 SATA hard disks can be used at most maximal value of each hard disk is up to 1TB
USB20 interface through which the visual recording file can be backed up into U disk and mobile hard disk
Built-in DVD writer which is applicable to writing and backup function of compact disc (optional)
Ethernet interface is provided for realizing remote monitoring remote playback acoustic monitoring remote setting and remote software upgrading through network browser
Provide PTZ control Be applicable to userrsquos authority limitation system lock and other safety guard functions
- 6 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
2 Panel and remote controller 21 Front panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
1 LED
POWindication power supply (green)
HDDhard disk visual recording (red)
NETnetwork data transmission indication (yellow)
BACKUPbackup data indication(blue)
2 IR infrared receiving window of the remote controller
3 USB(MOUSE) for connecting U-disk mobile hard disk and other devices
NOTICEOther keysrsquo function same to remote controller please check the instruction at next chapter in lsquoRemote controllerrsquo
22 Remote controller
- 7 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The remote controller can be used for replacing all button operations on the front panel Under the condition of obstruction free the effective distance of the remote controller is 10m or so
Name Operating instruction Name Operating instruction
[POWER]
When the system at standby mode press this key will be entered in Start-up when the system operation indicationpress this key up to 3seconds will beentered in shut-down menu
[ ] SWITCH
Switching of 148916 Preview window mode
[DEV] Device selection
[ ]REC Visual recording control
[ ]SEARCH
Visual recording playback
[ ] Slow playback 12times 14times 18times and single frame play
[FN]
Relevant menu of the current preview channel is ejected under preview state Relevant menu of the current playback channel is ejected when in professional playback Soft keyboard is called under edit mode Switching of Lens IRISFOCUSZOOM modes
[ ] Fast playback 2times 4times and 8times playback [-] Lens control volume reduction and
last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Stop [+] Lens control volume increase and last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Start playing under searching state Playpause
[ ]MUTE
Mute permissionprohibition
[FOCUS]
Switching of Lens FOCUS modes [ ]
Switching of full screenmulti-window playback modes [ZOOM] Switching of Lens ZOOM modes
[ ]MENU
Access main menu [0~9]
Digital input Corresponding channel is magnified in full screen under preview state
[ ]ESC
Close soft keyboard Close current window Exit from current control Return to last menu
[10+]
Fast key for 10 to 16 channel is magnified in full screen under preview state(press this key at firstthen press the 0~6 number)
[larr] Return keydelete the charecters [PTZ] Accessexit from cradle head
control under preview state [SEQ] Skipping and polling control when starting polling setting
[BACKUP]
Backup of visual recording
[]
Control item for four-direction selecting window Select the menu items of the relevant menu Expandretract the menu at the next level of the relevant menu Control the rotation direction of the cradle head under PTZ mode
- 8 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
2 Panel and remote controller 21 Front panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
1 LED
POWindication power supply (green)
HDDhard disk visual recording (red)
NETnetwork data transmission indication (yellow)
BACKUPbackup data indication(blue)
2 IR infrared receiving window of the remote controller
3 USB(MOUSE) for connecting U-disk mobile hard disk and other devices
NOTICEOther keysrsquo function same to remote controller please check the instruction at next chapter in lsquoRemote controllerrsquo
22 Remote controller
- 7 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The remote controller can be used for replacing all button operations on the front panel Under the condition of obstruction free the effective distance of the remote controller is 10m or so
Name Operating instruction Name Operating instruction
[POWER]
When the system at standby mode press this key will be entered in Start-up when the system operation indicationpress this key up to 3seconds will beentered in shut-down menu
[ ] SWITCH
Switching of 148916 Preview window mode
[DEV] Device selection
[ ]REC Visual recording control
[ ]SEARCH
Visual recording playback
[ ] Slow playback 12times 14times 18times and single frame play
[FN]
Relevant menu of the current preview channel is ejected under preview state Relevant menu of the current playback channel is ejected when in professional playback Soft keyboard is called under edit mode Switching of Lens IRISFOCUSZOOM modes
[ ] Fast playback 2times 4times and 8times playback [-] Lens control volume reduction and
last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Stop [+] Lens control volume increase and last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Start playing under searching state Playpause
[ ]MUTE
Mute permissionprohibition
[FOCUS]
Switching of Lens FOCUS modes [ ]
Switching of full screenmulti-window playback modes [ZOOM] Switching of Lens ZOOM modes
[ ]MENU
Access main menu [0~9]
Digital input Corresponding channel is magnified in full screen under preview state
[ ]ESC
Close soft keyboard Close current window Exit from current control Return to last menu
[10+]
Fast key for 10 to 16 channel is magnified in full screen under preview state(press this key at firstthen press the 0~6 number)
[larr] Return keydelete the charecters [PTZ] Accessexit from cradle head
control under preview state [SEQ] Skipping and polling control when starting polling setting
[BACKUP]
Backup of visual recording
[]
Control item for four-direction selecting window Select the menu items of the relevant menu Expandretract the menu at the next level of the relevant menu Control the rotation direction of the cradle head under PTZ mode
- 8 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The remote controller can be used for replacing all button operations on the front panel Under the condition of obstruction free the effective distance of the remote controller is 10m or so
Name Operating instruction Name Operating instruction
[POWER]
When the system at standby mode press this key will be entered in Start-up when the system operation indicationpress this key up to 3seconds will beentered in shut-down menu
[ ] SWITCH
Switching of 148916 Preview window mode
[DEV] Device selection
[ ]REC Visual recording control
[ ]SEARCH
Visual recording playback
[ ] Slow playback 12times 14times 18times and single frame play
[FN]
Relevant menu of the current preview channel is ejected under preview state Relevant menu of the current playback channel is ejected when in professional playback Soft keyboard is called under edit mode Switching of Lens IRISFOCUSZOOM modes
[ ] Fast playback 2times 4times and 8times playback [-] Lens control volume reduction and
last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Stop [+] Lens control volume increase and last item of the list (OK selection)
[ ] Start playing under searching state Playpause
[ ]MUTE
Mute permissionprohibition
[FOCUS]
Switching of Lens FOCUS modes [ ]
Switching of full screenmulti-window playback modes [ZOOM] Switching of Lens ZOOM modes
[ ]MENU
Access main menu [0~9]
Digital input Corresponding channel is magnified in full screen under preview state
[ ]ESC
Close soft keyboard Close current window Exit from current control Return to last menu
[10+]
Fast key for 10 to 16 channel is magnified in full screen under preview state(press this key at firstthen press the 0~6 number)
[larr] Return keydelete the charecters [PTZ] Accessexit from cradle head
control under preview state [SEQ] Skipping and polling control when starting polling setting
[BACKUP]
Backup of visual recording
[]
Control item for four-direction selecting window Select the menu items of the relevant menu Expandretract the menu at the next level of the relevant menu Control the rotation direction of the cradle head under PTZ mode
- 8 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[OK]
Operation confirmation Switching of full screenmulti-frame under preview state Selectcancel the current item in list box Selectcancel check state in check
box Switch to edit regional(timedateip
address etc) 221 Start use the remote controller
Under the default factory indicationRemote controller can control the device in directlybut when the device number is changedmust press the DEV key at firstthen input the number for which you want to control device(The default number for each Standalone DVR is 0can be changed in ldquoSystem setuprdquo of ldquoSystem setuprdquo)then the Remote controller can be controlled the currently device at this time
Noticewhen the device number set to 0this device will accept all of the control signal from the same device
23 Rear panel (For there is variance in model and function please refer to practical product)
Rear Interfaces of 8-channel Equipment
1 VIDEO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of BNC contacts is used for connecting the camera
2 AUDIO INPUT(CH1-CH8) this set of RCA contacts is used for coupling into acoustic
pickup and other audio input devices
3 VIDEO OUTPUT for connecting the monitor output with monitoring purpose
4 AUDIO OUTPUT this set of RCA contacts send acoustic signals to outer sets such as trumpet
The playback of sound recording shall be put out by this set of contacts
5 VGA(MAIN OUT VGA Optional) for connecting the VGA display to D-SUB 15-pin jack
contact
6 LAN(Ethernet contact) for connecting to 10100Base-T Ethernet
7 RS-485 for connecting to PTZ camera
8 SENSOR(ALARM IN)
4CHSupport 4channel alarm input 8CHSupport 8channel alarm input 16CH Support 16channel alarm input
- 9 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm input without limitations on input type (can either be the normally open type or the
normally closed type)
Ground terminal of the alarm detector is connected in parallel with the ground terminal of the
hard disk video recorder
NC terminal of the alarm detector is connected to the DVR alarm input terminal (one of
SENSOR1~8)
When the alarm device is supplied by external power supply it shall be grounded with the hard
disk video recorder
Alarm input circuit
Alarm input connection
9 ALARM(ALARM OUT)
4CHSupport 1 channel alarm output
8CHSupport 2 channel alarm output 16CH Support 2 channel alarm output
Alarm output for switching value normally open contact power supply is required by the external alarm device
Alarm output circuit
- 10 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
10 USB1(BACKUP) be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which are used
as backup device for backing operationand for upgrade in future
11 USB2(MOUSE)be able to be connected with USB Mouse(Only for connect the USB Mouseno other USB device)
12 DC 12V (POWER IN) DC 12V
3 Installation
Following installation procedure shall be executed by qualified service staff or system engineering operator
31 General installation
Please refer to the connection scheme of the following figure for connecting each setting Corresponding equipment shall be selected as per the practical situation
Camera cameras are connected through coaxial cable
Main display main display is connected with monitoring television by BNC contact or it is
- 11 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
connected with VGA display through optional VGA contact The main display is used for
displaying each real-time video or play back videos
Hard disk the equipment is able to be equipped with four SATA hard disks at most and shall
be connected with each power line and drop-out line The installation steps of the hard disk are
as follow
The local power shall be cut off and the top cover shall be opened by screwdriver
1 Secure the hard disk (35rdquo) by screwdriver 2 Connect power line and drop-out line 3 Secure the top cover of the equipment
Precautions 1 All the hard disks can only be used for visual recording after being Please refer to hard disk formattingclearance contents in hard disk management section
2 Please cut off the local power when installing or removing the hard disk
Power supply please insert the DC12V power plug into power socket
32 Selective installation Voice input please contact the voice input contact (AUDIO INPUT) to camera or other voice
outputs of the sound source The voice input shall be set to corresponding camera
Voice output please connect the voice output contact (AUDIO OUTPUT) to trumpet
Alarm input please connect the alarm input to outer set such as sensor or magnetic reed
switch
Alarm output please connect the alarm output 1 to normal close (NC) normal open (NO) or
alarm signal At most two output alarm devices are allowed to be coupled in according to the
actual demand
Ethernet please connect the Ethernet contact to 10100Base-T Ethernet Refer to the contents
provided in network setting section for relevant settings
USB 20 backup interface be able to be connected with U-DISK and mobile hard disk which
are used as backup device for backing operation
Infrared (IR) remote controller the digital record player can be controlled by remote
controller
PTZ camera please connect RS-232 or RS-485 contact to PTZ camera through special cable
The system is applicable to various kinds of PTZ camera including Pelco D Pelco P protocol
Dome and other high-speed dome control protocols Only cameras applicable to the same
protocol can be connected with the same contact Please refer to cradle head setup section for
setting proper communication parameters and then the control operation shall be carried out by
selecting ldquocradle head controlrdquo under the shortcut menu of the right button
- 12 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
4 Major frame and basic operation
41 Start-up and shut-down 411 Start-up If the indicator light of [POWER] is off please operate as the following steps
Step one please plug in if the power supply is not plugged and then the equipment shall be
started in case the equipment is not started please go in the next step
Step two open the power switch of the equipment and then the equipment shall be started
If the indicator light of [POWER] is in red the equipment can be started only by lightly
pressing [POWER] key
After start-up the video output is defaulted as multi-frame output mode If the starting duration
is within the setting time of the timed visual recording the visual recording function shall be
automatically started by the system
If the system is not equipped with hard disk prior to start-up following prompt shall be shown
after logging in (refer to fig 4-1)
Fig 4-1
412 Safe shut-down mode Enter [main menu] rarr select ldquosystem shut-downrdquo in [log out] (Fig 4-2)
Fig 4-2
(Refer to Fig 4-3)
Fig 4-3
413 Abnormal shut-down (shall be prevented as far as possible)
A Switch off the power switch
- 13 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The power supply shall be prevented from being directly cut off through switching off the
power switch on rear panel as far as possible when the equipment is under operation (especially
when in visual recording)
B Directly pull out the power line
The power line shall be prevented from being pulled out as far as possible when the equipment
is under operation (especially when in visual recording)
Prompt under certain environment the abnormal power supply is possible of resulting in
deviant operation of the hard disk video recorder and the hard disk video recorder is
likely to be damaged when the condition is serious Regulated power supply is
recommended under such condition
42 User logon and management
421 Logon
How to enter the menu mode
Press key ldquoMENUrdquo to enter the main menu interface of the equipment
Click right button of the mouse and select ldquomain menurdquo to enter the main menu interface of the
equipment
Press shortcut key ldquoSEARCHrdquo to enter operating interface of playback
Press shortcut key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo to enter operating interface of manual visual
recording
Press shortcut key ldquocradle headPTZrdquo to enter the operating interface of cradle head control
Three system users namely ldquoadminrdquo ldquouserrdquo and ldquodefaultrdquo are defaulted by the system and
cannot be deleted Initial password for user ldquoadminrdquo the user with highest authorization for
carrying out all operations is 666666 Initial password for ldquouserrdquo who is capable of carrying
out visual recording playback backup parameter setting and other operations is 123456
however no new users are permitted to be added or no system upgrading is allowed The
ldquodefaultrdquo is defaulted as the user with lowest authorization who only has the right of
surveillance (Refer to Fig 4-4)
- 14 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-4
Measures for password safety the code is permitted to be input for only 5 times within every
30min or the account will be locked out
Notice Please timely alter the defaulted password for security purpose Refer to section ldquouser
managementrdquo for adding or modifying user
About input except the front panel and remote controller of the hard disk video recorder can be
used for input operation the soft keyboard which will be ejected by clicking the left button
within the input box can be utilized
Prompt if the system power supply is cut off or the system is forced to be shut down when
the video recorder is under visual recording timed visual recording and alarm visual
recording operating states the visual recording prior to power-off will be automatically
kept by the video recorder and the operating state before power-off will be automatically
recovered
43 Preview
It shall directly enter the preview frame after normal logon
Preview frame overlaps the current date and time and displays the name and state of each
channel Meanings for the icons of the channel state are as follow
1
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the channel is in visual recording
2
This icon is shown on the channel frame when video lost is happened to the channel
3
This icon is shown on the frame when the channel is under dynamic detection
4
This icon is shown on the channel frame when the video is shielded
44 Visual recording
Visual recording mode can be selected by the user as per hisher demand The visual recording
symbol will be displayed on the channel frame when visual recording in various modes is
happened to the channel
- 15 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
441 Channel visual recording
Prompt the user is required to have operating authorization when carrying visual
recording operation Please make sure the hard disk is installed and properly formatted
before operation 1) Enter the operating interface of visual recording
Click the right button of the mouse under preview state and select ldquovisual recording controlrdquo in
the menu ejected or enter the operating interface of visual recording through ldquomain menurdquo rarr
ldquovisual recording controlrdquo In addition it can be directly enter the operating interface of the
visual recording control by pressing key ldquovisual recordingRECrdquo under preview state (Fig
4-5)
Fig 4-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
2) Instruction for operating interface of visual recording [Auto visual recording] set the channel visual recording and carry out visual recording based on the conditions of timing dynamic detection and alarm set in visual recording setup [Manual visual recording] with the highest priority common visual recording shall be carried out for corresponding channel after manually press the key without respect to the current state of each channel [Stop recording] all channels stop recording [All] All channels can be selected
442 Visual recording playback
The system is equipped with two visual recording display modes namely fast playback and
advanced playback When in playback the file can be selectively played or played according to
the time sequence
1) Fast playback
The fast playback can be realized by pressing key ldquoSEARCHrdquo under preview frame or clicking
the right button of the mouse and select ldquovisual recording playbackrdquo in the menu ejected The
fast playback is able to play a single channel
2) Advanced playback
The advanced playback can be realized by selecting ldquomain menurdquo rarr ldquovisual recording
playbackrdquo It is applicable to not only the independent playback of 4-channel visual recording
but also the simultaneous and comparative playback of the four channels according to the time
- 16 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
sequence
3) Visual recording search (Fig 4-6)
Fig 4-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Searching date] date of the visual recording required to be searched
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Duration required for searching and the starting time has to be
smaller than the terminal time
[Searching type] Appoint the type of the visual recording to be searched and all common
visual recording external alarm visual recording and dynamic detection visual recording can be
selected
[Searching channel] 8 channels of which single channel or several channels can be selected
[File play] select the required file in search list and click the key ldquoplayrdquo or directly double
click the target file
[4-channel synchronous play] do not select any files in the list box set the searching date
starting time terminal time and channels required to be played synchronously and then click
key ldquoplayrdquo for playing
Prompt when synchronous play is required under the condition that some files are
selected the operation can be done by clicking ldquosearchrdquo to search the file again and then
eliminating the selection
4) Play control bar (Fig 4-7 and Fig Fig 4-8)
Fig 4-7 Fast playback
- 17 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-8 Advanced playback
Key Description Key Description Key Description
Playpause Stop Slow play
Return to normal play condition from fast and slow play
Fast play Soundmute
Volume control Open file Single-frame mode
Four-frame mode Full screen multi-window play Exit from playback
Description
1 Playing speed channel time progress and other information of the current file are displayed
on the panel of the playback control bar
2 Playback control is valid for all channels under the mode of contrastive playback according to
precise time It is valid for the current selected channel when the playback is selected as per the
file
3 The system will jump over the time quantum during which no visual recording is carried out
by any channels under the synchronous playback mode based on time
4 Positioning can be carried out by using the mouse to shift the progress bar
Prompt the volume can be controlled through keys + and - on remote controller
443 Backup of visual recording file
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquofile backuprdquo (Fig 4-9)
Visual recording backup of the hard disk video recorder can be realized by DVD writer USB
memory device internet download and other methods
The backup operation on hard disk video recorder is introduced herein Refer to relevant
contents in ldquoSection VIII Remote Network Control and Managementrdquo for backup via network
download
- 18 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-9
[Detect] Click the key ldquodetectrdquo if the system is connected with backup device type partition
capacity and other information of the device will be displayed in the list box The newly
inserted device is required to be re-detected
[Remove] the loaded backup device will be safely removed by clicking key ldquoremoverdquo
[Cease] cease the current backup task The backup task in writing mode cannot be ceased at
midcourse
[Add] Search the file required to be backed up
[Delete] Delete single or several files selected in backup file list box This operation resets only
the backup file list without eliminating the files
[Empty] Empty all files in the list box This operation resets only the backup file list without
eliminating the files
[Backup] Back up all files in the list box into the appointed backup device When in backup
please select a backup device with sufficient capacity The visual recording in hard disk video recorder can be searched based on time channel
searching type and other information and the searching information will be displayed in the list
box Multiple files can be added at the same time and the files to be backed up will be
displayed in the file list of ldquofile backuprdquo dialog box after adding operation
- 19 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 4-10 File backup
Fig 4-11 Backup search (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
During backup the fulfillment of the current backup will be displayed in real time at the lower
right corner
Visual recording files backed can be checked by the user Common format for the name of the
visual recording file is channel number + second minute hour day month yearlvf
Prompt during the backup operation the fulfillment of the current backup will be
displayed in real time at the lower right corner of the backup window Other operations
can be carried out during the backup and prompt will be automatically ejected after
completion
- 20 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
5 Main menu
51 Menu guidance
Main menu Single-stage
submenu Option remarks
Visual
recording playback
Realize the visual recording search and playing back functions and the list search can be done as per the type channel and time of visual recording and the results are displayed in list Choose the file for playing back N-common visual recording A-alarm visual recording and M-dynamic check
Hard disk information
Display the state of hard disks including the type of hard disk slot location total capacity and available capacity
Log information
Display the log of important events in the system and search according to the type and classification of logs
Edition information
Display the characteristics of system hardware software version and date of issue
System
information On-line user
View the information of ndashn-line user including IP and log-in account and so on
General setup Basic parameters as system time date format video system language setting and local number
Coding setup Setting of encode mode frame rate and quality parameter of audio and video frequency
Visual recording
setup
Including the time setting of prerecording timing visual recording dynamic detection and external alarm Setting of visual recording plan per week and four stages a day
Cradle head setup
Setting of cradle head protocol and communicating parameter
Network setting
Setting of parameters of network address port PPPoE and DDNS
Alarm setting Setting of types of sensor alarm visual recording channel alarm output and relevant parameters
Video check Setting of sensitivity and zone of dynamic detection and treatment mode of video lost video shielding alarm (alarm output and visual recording channel)
System setup
Local display Selection of menu color and transparence and setting of frame polling mode and polling interval
Visual
recording control
Auto-visual recording manual-visual recording or stop visual recording
Hard disk
management
Display of state of hard disks and hard disk formatting
- 21 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm control
Organize or withdraw a defense for alarm and allow or prohibit the alarm output
User account Add or delete the user and change the authority of a user or the code
Exception handling
The buzzer will give alarm or start the alarm output for any abnormities of system
System maintenance
Setting of items need to be maintained in the system and updating the system software
Output regulation
VGA output parameter and audio output regulation
Advanced
options
Reset to default
Recover all or partial parameters selected to the factory settings and reset to default user account system and language are not included
File backup
File backup of the designated visual recording files to the backup facility
Log-out
Log-out the active user and input the code again at the next operation Close and restart the HD visual recorder
52 Menu operation
ldquoMain menurdquo (Fig 5-1)
Fig 5-1
Main menu includes nine function options as visual recording playback system information
system setup and visual recording control and hard disk management alarm control advanced
- 22 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
options file backup and log-out
Description
All the settings of the following submenus will be effective after being saved
If the check box is filled it means the function is chosen and those unfilled as not chosen
521 System information
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo (Fig 5-2)
System information includes hard disk information log information edition information and
on-line user
Fig 5-2
(1) Hard disk information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoHard disk informationrdquo (Fig 5-3)
Display the state of all connected hard disks of the system the type of hard disk slot location
total capacity and available capacity
- 23 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-3
(2) Log information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoLog informationrdquo (Fig 5-4) Display the system log for the convenience of view and login of users [Log type] [All] [System operation] [Setting] [Data management] [Alarm event] [visual recording operation] and [user management] are optional [Starting time] Set the starting time of log search [Terminal time] Set terminal time of log search Push ldquoSearchrdquo button after the setting of log time quantum and type and the system will display the required log in the list and push ldquoltltrdquo and ldquoltltrdquo for page turning leftward and rightward
Fig 5-4
(3) Edition information ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoEdition informationrdquo (Fig 5-5) Display the edition of system software MCU edition hardware edition and date of issue and so on
- 24 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-5
(4) On-line user
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem informationrdquo rarr ldquoOn-line userrdquo (Fig 5-6)
View the information of network users logged in the local HD visual recorder including
account name and IP
Fig 5-6
522 Hard disk management ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoHard disk managementrdquo (Fig 5-7)
Display the attribute of hard disk type HD total capacity and available capacity
Push administration button to operate and the formatting hard disks are currently supported
- 25 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 5-7 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Prompt Please stop all visual recordings of the system before HD formatting
6 System control 61 Cradle head control 611 Connection
1) Connect the control line of ball machine to RS-485 interface of DVR Pay attention to
485+(A) and 485-(B) matching order
2) Connect the video line of the ball machine to video input of DVR
3) Electrify the ball machine
612 Preparation
1) Set the control address of ball machine and choose relevant control protocol
2) Switch the current frame to the corresponding display channel
613 Operation
Click the right mouse button to enter the shortcut menu under real-time monitoring frame and
choose ldquocradle head controlrdquo or push ldquoPTZrdquo key to enter the control frame (Fig 6-1 and Fig
6-2)
Fig 6-1
[Cradle head] Move the mouse to the upper lower left and right locations of the current frame
and the screen will show the arrow in corresponding direction and this time press and hold the
mouse the control of corresponding location can be entered and the control can be done
- 26 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
through the panel or larruarrrarrdarr buttons of the remote controller
Notice Refer to some of full function High speed domethis device also support to control
forTop left cornerTop right cornerLower left quarter and Lower right quarter
[Speed] Regulate the rotating step length of the cradle head through a slide bar mainly for the
controlling of direction operation The longer the step length is the faster the rotational speed
is
[-Diaphragm +] Regulate the diaphragm
[-Focusing +] Bring into focus finely
[-Zooming +] Lens zooms in and out Magnification can be changed by using the mouse wheel
under the current frame
Prompt Use FN key to switch the modes of diaphragm focusing and Zooming Use + and -
keys to control
Fig 6-2
[Operation] ltBoundary-scangt moves and control the ball machine to a point for setting of left
boundary and then move to the other point horizontally for setting of right boundary
ltAutomatic scangt can control the automatic scanning of the ball machine at left and right
boundary after starting
ltCruising settinggt can record all moving tracks of the cradle head after starting and then stop
for storage
ltCruise controlgt can control the rotation of ball machine automatically as per recorded tracks
of ldquocruise settingrdquo after starting
The system will regulate the diaphragm automatically after the starting of ltAutomatic
diaphragmgt to reach the optimum efficiency
ltBack light compensationgt will supply the light source compensation under the dark ambient
light
Notice Operating functions need to be supported by headend equipment and matched with
the protocol
[Assistance] Input the auxiliary output number that needs control and click the buttons ldquoOpenrdquo
or ldquoClose
[Presetting point] Adjust the direction and angle of the camera and input corresponding
presetting point numbers and then click ldquoSettingrdquo button thus the presetting point number of
the menu is set
- 27 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Input the presetting point number and click ldquoTransferrdquo button the camera will be switched to
the corresponding location of presetting point automatically
62 Video control Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu
and choose ldquovideo regulationrdquo (Fig 6-3)
Fig 6-3
Regulate the brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation of the current frame and use
mouse wheel or larrrarr keys for fine regulation
63 Acoustic monitoring The site sound can be monitored under the real-time monitoring frame Click the right mouse
button on the monitoring channel frame to enter the shortcut menu and then choose ldquoStart
monitoringrdquo If the acoustic monitoring of the channel is started the choice menu shows ldquoClose
monitoringrdquo
64 Alarm control 641 Alarm control
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoAlarm controlrdquo (Fig 6-4)
[Automatic defense] The defense shall be set and withdrawn as per the plan of alarm setting
[Manual defense] The priority is the highest Push down Manual defense the corresponding
channels will be under the defense state
[Alarm withdraw] Withdrawing the defense state the alarm input may not be reacted
[Output enable] Whether the corresponding alarm output is enabled when alarming
[All] means all channels can be selected
Set the alarm output port The white are the selected ones push the Confirm button for storage
and then exit and push Cancel button for storage and exit
- 28 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 6-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
642 All clear Click the right mouse button under the real-time monitoring frame to enter the shortcut menu and choose ldquoAll clearrdquo to enter the following frame (Fig 6-5)
Fig 6-5
Click ldquoClearrdquo button to stop the current alarm visual recording and alarm output but not withdraw the defense so that the alarm can be triggered again
Icon description
Grey means all alarm input channels are in defense withdraw state
Green means one or more alarm channels are in defense setting state
Red means one or more alarm inputs are triggered Click the icon to enter therdquo All clearrdquo window and view the specific alarm information
- 29 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
7 System setup
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo (Fig 7-1)
System setup includes ldquoGeneral setuprdquo ldquoCoding setuprdquo ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo ldquoCradle
head setuprdquo ldquoNetwork settingrdquo ldquoAlarm settingrdquo ldquoVideo checkrdquo and ldquoLocal displayrdquo
Prompt System setup only can be entered by the users with authority
Fig 7-1
71 General setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoGeneral setuprdquo (Fig 7-2)
Fig 7-2
[System time] is for modifying the current system date and time of the visual recorder after the
modification click the ldquoTime settingrdquo button at right for storage
[Date format] is for choosing date displaying format including three formats as
- 30 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
year-month-date month-date-year and date-month-year
[Date separation character] has three selections ldquo-rdquo ldquordquo ldquordquo if ldquordquo is selected the system time
will be displayed as 20080720
[Time format] includes 24-hour system and 12-hour system
[Language selection] displays the dynamic selection of language
[Identification number] is used under the situation of one remote controller controlling of
multiple HD visual recorder It is only for the condition that the address on the remote
controller is the same with the HD visual recorder number
[Video system] offers two systems as PAL and NTSC The system will be effective by
restarting after the modification of video system
Prompt All current visual recordings shall be stopped for time setting
72 Coding setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCoding setuprdquo (Fig 7-3)
Fig 7-3 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to be configured ldquoAllrdquo means all channels need to be
configured
[Coding type] ldquoVideordquo is only for video image and ldquoVideo-Audiordquo is for video and audio
recording synchronously
[Coding size] CIF
[Code flow control] includes fixed code rate and dynamic code rate
[Coding quality] divides into 6-grade quality bestndashbetterndashgoodndashmiddlendashbadndashworse
[Code rate] Select code rate The higher the code rate is the better the visual recording is and
the larger the HD memory space is needed
[Frame rate] 1 ~25 frames (PAL) or 1~30 frames (NTSC) adjustable continuously
- 31 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Time superposition] and [Characters superposition] Time and channel title superposition is
available for each channel If selected it means the time and channel are superposed to the
video Click the Setting button to set the time and channel titles to the superposition location on
the video and drag the time or channel title to the proper location When visual recording files
are played back the time and channel information of visual recording will be displayed on the
frame
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same coding setup
Prompt If the code flow control is set as the dynamic code flow [Code rate] setting value
means the upper limit of code rate
73 Visual recording setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVisual recording setuprdquo (Fig 7-4)
The default visual recording plan of HD visual recorder is 24-hour continuous visual recording
The timing visual recording setup can be done as required namely the visual recording shall be
as per specified type in the timing period
Fig 7-4 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
Including time quantum setting of common visual recording dynamic visual recording and
alarm visual recording
[HD full] When the visual recording hard disk is full how can the system operate ldquoAutomatic
overlayingrdquo means that the system will overlay the earliest visual recording files to continue
visual recording ldquoStop visual recordingrdquo means the system will stop the current visual
recording
[Visual recording time] means the time interval of forming the visual recording files and the
- 32 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
setting range is 5-120 minutes
[Channel] [Visual recording plan] pull down menu Choose relevant channel numberweek for
setting and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting of all channels
[Alarm presetting] Visual recording for 5 seconds before alarming
[Time quantum] means the visual recording modes of the channel within the time quantum and
there are four time quanta can be set The time for the same visual recording mode in different
time quantum can be repeated and the time setting range is from 0000-2400 Push Save
button after parameters of all channels have been set up
[Common visual recording] [Dynamic visual recording] and [Alarm visual recording] for
setting of visual recording modes in the time quantum single or multiple choices are available
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same visual recording setup
Prompt Users must save the settings of all channels
74 Cradle head setup ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoCradle head setuprdquo (Fig 7-5)
Fig 7-5 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channel connected with the camera of the ball machine and ldquoAllrdquo means
the setting of all channels
[Decoder address] is set to the corresponding address of ball machine with range of 0-255
Notice This address must be the same with that of the ball machine or otherwise the
ball machine cannot be controlled
[Protocol type] Choose corresponding control protocols Pelco_P Pelco_D and the default is
Pelco_D
- 33 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Baud rate] Choose relevant baud rate for the ball machine and the cradle head and camera of
the relevant channel can be controlled with the range of 1200-115200 and the default of 9600
[Data bit] The range is from 5 to 8 and the default is 8
[Stop bit] 1 and 2 and the default is 1
[Check] None Parity Odd Even Parity and Default As None
[Flow control] None XonXoff HD and Default As None
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same cradle head setup
Notice The parameter settings of cradle head of each channel shall be saved separately
75 Network setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarrldquoNetwork settingrdquo (Fig 7-6)
Fig 7-6
[Network card IP] Press number key or soft keyboard to modify the parameter values of IP (IP
shall be set here only)
[Subnet mask] Setting of IP network mask address
Physical Address Setting of Physical Address of the network card and the digital input
should adopt the hexadecimal system (Fig 7-7)
Fig 7-7
[Default gateway] Setting of gateway IP
[DNS server] Setting of DNS server IP
- 34 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Server port] Defaulted as 7777 Setting of port as per actual demand of users and restarting for
validation
[HTTP port] Generally defaulted as 80 It can be effective after modification and restarting If
the port number is modified the http port must be displayed for access (as
http19216801171234)
[Enabling DDNS] through dynamic domain name resolution server Supporting of 3322 free
dynamic domain name resolution of CN (registered account httpwww3322org)
[Auto-enabling of PPPoE] Input the account name and code of PPPoE offered by ISP (Internet
ISP internet) and then click ldquoDial-uprdquo to start connection and after that ldquoPPPoE IPrdquo will
display the acquired dynamic IP of WAN automatically Choose ldquoAuto-enabling of PPPoErdquo the
HD visual recorder will start for trying to connect PPPoE
Prompt If the PPPoE is successfully dialed up the usersrsquo remote access of HD visual recorder
is available as per the IP shown on [PPPoE IP] Access is available through network card IP in
LAN
76 Alarm setting ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoAlarm settingrdquo (Fig 7-8)
Fig 7-8 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Alarm input] Choose relevant alarm channel number and ldquoAllrdquo means the settings of all
channels
[Equipment type] Choose the normally opennormally closed of alarm input (voltage output
mode)
[Alarm delay] Set relevant delay time (5~255s) The system will delay for relevant time
automatically after the external alarm is canceled and then close the alarm and linkage output
[Channel polling] Single frame polling will be display for the channels of visual recordings if the
- 35 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
alarm signal is sent out and the polling time should be set in [system setup] and [output mode]
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
optional) The system will start the alarm visual recording automatically when alarming if the
system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording mode refers to ldquo341 channel
visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoAlarm visual recordingrdquo in the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the
effective time (refer to ldquo63 visual recording setuprdquo for details)
[Alarm output] Linkage alarm output when an alarm is given
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] In the selected time quantum the relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked
when alarming
[Screen prompt] In the selected time quantum the screen will remind relevant information when
alarming
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel to
the other channels realizing the same alarm setting
Notice Users need to save the settings of each channel separately
77 Video check ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoVideo checkrdquo (Fig 7-9)
Description
1) There is no zone and sensitivity setting in the video lost and shielding detection when
switching the detection type
2) Channel frame will display the dynamic detection video lost and video shielding marks during
the process from channel detection to video change
3) Drag and drop the mouse directly to select the dynamic detection zone The detection zone can
be set by pressing the mouse and dragging to the right lower part and the detection zone can be
cleared by pressing the right mouse button and dragging to the right lower part Please click the
ldquoSaverdquo button in the video check menu after exiting from the zone setting
771 Dynamic detection
It can be seen that the motion detection alarm will be started if the movable signals with
presetting sensitivity is detected in the system through video image analysis (Fig 7-9)
- 36 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 7-9 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels required of dynamic detection zones and ldquoAllrdquo means the setting
of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection and setting motion detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) After the video lost alarm the system will
delay for relevant time automatically and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Visual recording channel] Choose required visual recording channels (secondary selection is
available) The system will start the motion detection visual recording automatically in case of
video dynamic detection if the system is under ldquoAuto-visual recordingrdquo mode (visual recording
mode refers to ldquo441 channel visual recordingrdquo) and the ldquoMotion detection visual recordingrdquo in
the ldquovisual recording setuprdquo is within the effective time (refer to ldquo73 visual recording setuprdquo for
details)
[Alarm output] The relevant alarm linkage output will be started during the dynamic detection
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable alarm
output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Sensitivity] can be set in several levels as highest higher general low and lower
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm in
the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Click to copy to the other channels after the
setting of visual recording state and the users can copy the settings of the channel to the other
channels realizing the same motion detection settings
[Motion detection zone] Click the Setting to enter in The setting zone is divided into 192 (16X12)
zones
- 37 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
The green zone is the defended area of dynamic detection and the white zone is the non-defended
area The detection zone can be set by pressing and dragging the left mouse button to the right
lower part and be cleared by pressing and dragging the right mouse button to the right lower part
Press the Save button after exiting the dynamic detection zone (Fig 7-10)
Fig 7-10
Notice Only the parameters of the current detection type can be copied not including the detection zone
772 Video lost The system will have relevant treatment as per the settings if the video image is loss or interrupted (Fig 7-11)
Fig 7-11 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with video lost detection and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Video lost
[Channel] It indicates the channels required of visual recording for video lost
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
- 38 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
time after the video lost alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum [Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm settings of video lost
773 Shielding detection
If someone balefully shields the lens or the video output in single color screen due to rays the
site image cannot be supervised But this can be prevented effectively by setting the shielding
alarm (Fig 7-12)
Fig 7-12 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel] Choose the channels that need to set with shielding alarm and ldquoAllrdquo means the
settings of all channels
[Alarm type] Choose the type of detection Shielding detection
[Alarm delay] Set the delay time of alarm (5-255s) The system will delay for corresponding
time after the shielding alarm and then stop the visual recording and linkage output
[Alarm output] The corresponding alarm linkage output will be started for video lost
[Time quantum] Set the time quantum of alarm output as per week indicating the allowable
alarm output or screen prompt within the relevant time quantum
[Alarm output] Relevant alarm output devices can be interlocked for dynamic detection alarm
- 39 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
in the selected time quantum
[Screen prompt] Relevant information can be reminded on the screen for dynamic detection
alarm in the selected time quantum
[Copy the current settings to the following channels] Users can copy the settings of the channel
to the other channels realizing the same alarm setting of video lost
78 Local display
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoSystem setuprdquo rarr ldquoLocal displayrdquo (Fig 7-13)
Fig 7-13 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Channel name] Click the channel name to modify the button and enter the channel name
menu and the name of all channels can be modified
[Window color] Windows and menus can be displayed in sky-blue magenta and light green
optionally
[Transparence] The background transparence can be set as 25 50 and 75
[Start-up polling] Start up the polling function of channels which will be shown under the
preview frame after exiting the menu
[Polling interval] The polling time can be set with the interval of 5-120s The polling menu
includes single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame The radio boxes in the single-frame line indicate
the polling channels those in the 4-frame line indicate polling pages (1 2 3 4 channels for
page 1 and 5 6 7 8 channels for page 2) and those in 9-frame line indicate 8-channel menu on
the polling pages The polling order is from options in single-frame 4-frame and 9-frame
8 System management
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo displays submenus including user account number exception handling system maintenance output regulation reset to default and return to the
- 40 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
above (Fig 8-1)
Fig 8-1
81 User account number ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquouser account numberrdquo (Fig 8-2)
Fig 8-2
The maximum length of the user namersquos character is 8 bytes after omitting the beginning and
the end space The name can be letters numbers or other symbols
The maximum number of the users is 12 without repetition of the user name The admin user
can modify the passwords and rights of all the users while other users are only able to modify
their own passwords and view their own rights
Modify password select the account number which needs modification input the current user
password and input the new password of the account number and confirm the password Press
the ldquosaverdquo button for password modification and the password can be 0-8 digits (Fig 8-3 and
- 41 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-4)
Notice The current user password refers to the password for the user to log onto the
menu and the admin user is able to modify passwords of the other user with his password
Fig 8-3
Fig 8-4
Add users to add new users and the userrsquos controlling rights Enter into the menu interface for
adding users input the user name the password and the confirmation password in order (the
two passwords must be the same) and then appoint suitable rights for the user in the ldquoright
controlrdquo list ldquoAllow repeated logging inrdquo means that the account number can be used
simultaneously and that more than one user can enter into the system with the account number
at the same time (Fig 8-5)
- 42 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-5
There are three default users including the admin the user and the default in the system which
can not be deleted Among them the admin is the supreme right user who is entitled to
implement all the operations while the default user is defaulted to be the low right user in the
factory whose default right is solely the monitoring right Not only there is no user logging in
but also the current user has logged out and then the system will log in with this account
number automatically The user can complete some operations not requiring logging on by
modifying this account numberrsquos rights
82 Exception handling ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoexception handlingrdquo (Fig 8-6)
Fig 8-6 (notice 4 channel and 16 channel equipments have little different)
[Exception type] Select the exception type full hard disk mistaken hard disk or broken
network [Buzzer alarm] whether allow the buzzer give indications or not if there is any exception
[Alarm output] Start the alarm linkage output if there is any exception
- 43 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Prompt Detailed exception information record can be checked through the system log
83 System maintenance ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquosystem maintenancerdquo (Fig 8-7)
Click ldquostart updatingrdquo and the system will check and update the files automatically
Fig 8-7
84 Output regulation ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquooutput regulationrdquo (Fig 8-8) Control the region brightness chromaticity and resolution of the VGA output
Fig 8-8
Prompt When ldquoReset to defaultrdquo chooses ldquolocal displayrdquo the output regulation can be set back to the factory settings
85 Reset to default
ldquoMain menurdquo rarr ldquoadvanced optionsrdquo rarr ldquoReset to defaultrdquo (Fig 8-9)
The system restores the default configuration status in the factory and corresponding setting
can be resumed based on options on the menu
Prompt The menu color language the time and date format the video mode and the
user account number can not be resumed
- 44 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 8-9
9 Remote network control and management
91 Remote access setting 911 Network security level setting
Prior to control installation please program the network security level by the following
operations
(1) Open the IE browser to choose the ldquoInternet optionrdquo in the ldquoToolrdquo menu
(2) Choose the ldquoSecurityrdquo label in the appeared dialogue box (Fig 9-1)
Fig 9-1
(3) Click ldquoCustomization levelrdquo to enter into the security setting (Fig 9-2)
- 45 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-2
Set the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
ActiveX control auto-prompting
Run the script of the ActiveX control which is marked to be that can safely implement the
script
Implement initialization and run the script of the ActiveX control which is not marked to
be that can safely implement the script
Binary system and the script behavior
Download the unsigned ActiveX control
Download the signed ActiveX control
Perform the ActiveX control and pluggable unit
Itrsquos extremely importation to ldquoenablerdquo the items above
Prompt Before control installation please turn off the fire wall and the anti-virus
software
912 Connection setting
The remote access for the hard disk visual recording machine should be carried out through the
network In the local area network connection the IP address of the client-side computer must
be in the same network section with that of the hard disk visual recording machine While in
the wide area network connection just ensure that two sides can visit the public network and
carry out connection through the IP address or the dynamic domain name The following will
mainly focus on the connecting and setting method for the local area network
Step 1 Click ldquoNetwork neighborhoodrdquo with the right key of the mouse and click ldquoAttributerdquo
in the ejected menu to open the ldquoNetwork connectionrdquo
Step 2 Double click to open ldquoLocal connectionrdquo (Fig 9-3)
- 46 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-3
Step 3 click ldquoAttributerdquo (Fig 9-4)
Fig 9-4
Step 4 Double click ldquoInternet protocol (TCPIP)rdquo (Fig 9-5)
- 47 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-5
Step 5 Examine the IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the PC (Parameters in
Fig 9-5 vary according to specific userrsquos using conditions)
Step 6 Set corresponding IP address subnet mask and default gateway on the hard disk visual
recording machine (refer to 75 Network Setting Section) Wherein the subnet mask and
default gateway on the hard disk visual recording machine are the same with those of the PC
and the IP address must be in the same network section but can not be the same with the used
one Otherwise it will cause IP address conflicts Take the figure above as an example the IP
address should be 921680X wherein X can not be 40 or 1 (including other IP addresses
currently being used) and can not surpass 255 the subnet mask is 2552552550 and the
gateway is 19216801
913 Control download and installation After finishing the aforementioned settings open the IE browser input http1921680X
(1921680X is the setting IP address of the hard disk visual recording machine) and confirm
If the http port of the hard disk visual recording machine setting has been changed itrsquos will be a
must to add colon + port number (assume that the current port number is P) like
http1921680XP for correct visit Then please choose ldquoInstall the ActiveX controlrdquo the
network will download and install the control automatically (Fig 9-6)
- 48 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-6
92 Remote connection 921 Connection
After finishing downloading the control the logging plate will eject automatically following operation of the control (Fig 9-7)
Fig 9-7
[Logging mode] Two logging modes are provided
Log on according to the IP address Fill the IP address and the input IP address
should be inconsistent with that of the DVR network setting
Log on according to the domain name fill the setting DDNS domain name in
the host computer network settings or the domain name mapped by the router
ldquoVerify the domain namerdquo can check whether the domain name is effective
[Port number] The input port number must be in consistent with that of the network setting
[User namepassword] The default user name is admin
[Preview all the channels automatically when logging on the server] All the channel video
will start automatically after successfully logging on the server (do not start if possible when
connecting through the wide area network)
[Start previewing from Window X] From which window of the control does the preview
image start displaying
[The dialogue box will exit automatically after successful logging on or logging out from the
server] After successfully logging on the server the logging window will close automatically
The host computer corresponding to ldquoDeleterdquo can be deleted
[Host computerrsquos alias] Set the host computerrsquos alias by oneself and click ldquoSaverdquo so that the
user can manage
Choose ldquoLogrdquo after inputting relevant parameters (Fig 9-8)
If the logging operation fails the prompts as the figures show will eject Please check the IP
- 49 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
address the port number the user name and the password (Fig 9-8)
Fig 9-8
After logging on successfully the display will be as below (Fig 9-9)
Fig 9-9
922 Multi-server logging Synchronously logging on other servers can be realized by clicking the button ldquoLog onrdquo on the right side of the screen
923 Channel incidence menu Click the right key in the preview window then the channel incidence menu will eject (Fig 9-10)
Fig 9-10
[Full-screen interface] Enlarge the whole control interface to be full-screen display [Full-screen video] Conceal the controlling straps so as to convert the visual frequency window to be the full-screen display
- 50 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
[Start the acoustical frequency] Open the acoustic monitoring corresponding to the preview
channel [Stop preview] Stop the current channel preview [Start the visual recording] Maintain the real-time preview in the LCL [Fast play] Accelerate the playing speed in the playing status [Slow play] Reduce the playing speed in the playing status
[Screenshot] Intercept the visual pictures in the current window and store in the LCL
[Search] Search for the visual recording files including local search and remote search
[Channel name] Set the name of the channel corresponding to the hard disk visual recording
machine the name of the channel where previewing superposes the visual recording will also
change
93 Control By clicking the remote control menu ldquoControlrdquo on the right side of the screen a dialogue box for server selection will appear (Fig 9-11)
Fig 9-11
Choose the server that needs control to enter into the status control
931 General
Restart the server control and restart the host computer
Stop the server control and stop the host computer
Remote updating start the local updating program for upgrading the file which has to be
prepared
- 51 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-12
932 Video frequency
Remotely adjust the video frequencyrsquos brightness chromaticity contrast and saturation degree so the best visual effect (Fig 9-13)
Fig 9-13
933 Log
The user can examine logs in the hard disk visual recording machine (Fig 9-14)
- 52 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-14
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum [Log type] All logs system logs configuration logs data logs alarm logs visual recording logs and user management can be selected
935 Downloading The user can remotely download files on the hard disk visual recording machine and save them locally for backup or play (Fig 9-16)
Fig 9-15
- 53 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-16
[Channel] Choose the channel requiring search
[Visual recording type] All the visual records common visual records alarm visual records
and dynamic check visual records
[Starting time] [Terminal time] Choose the related time quantum
94 Setup Prompt Choose [Save] to save the current setting while choose [Save all] to save all the settings Click ldquoSettingrdquo on the right side to enter into the setting face plate (Fig 9-17)
Fig 9-17
941 Local setting
[Common setting] Interface language Chinese English
Adjust the WINDOWS COLOR RGB color code setting
[Visual recording setup] Catalogue Choose the local visual recording memory site
Disk reserving space visual recording will not use this part of space
Automatic partitioning period the setting range is 5-120min Automatically covering when the disk is full be able to check
[Picture setting] Catalogue Choose the local picture memory site
- 54 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Disk reserving space Picture saving will not use this part of space
[Downloading setting] Catalogue Choose the memory site for the download file
Disk reserving space File downloading saving will not use this part of space
[Stream transmission] Protocol UDP and TCP for selection Generally the local area network
chooses UDP while the wide area network chooses TCP
Performance The buffering degree for network data receiving is set based on
the network conditions The better the real-time property is the less the
buffering degree is while the better the fluency is the bigger the buffering
degree is Generally speaking the local area network chooses ldquothe best
real-time propertyrdquo while the wide area network chooses either ldquobetter
real-time propertyrdquo or ldquogiving equal attention to the real-time property and the
fluencyrdquo
942 Common setup coding setup visual recording setup alarm setting cradle head setup movement monitoring video loss and shielding alarm
Please refer to the related contents in ldquoSection 6 System setuprdquo
95 Instruction to toolbar
Start Pause Stop Fast play
Single frame
Screenshot Volume controlSlow play
Total time for file playingCurrent timeVisual recording
Playback
951 Real-time preview control
After successfully entering into the server the user can preview pictures on the hard disk
visual recording machine in the real-time remotely Choose a window not being used and click
the ldquoStartrdquo button the system will eject a choice box for channel connection The intensified
channel means that it is in the preview state now By clicking the ldquoVisual recordingrdquo button the
real-time previewed video can be stored in the designated catalogue in the LCL Clicking the
ldquoStoprdquo button can stop previewing the window
- 55 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Fig 9-18
952 Visual recording playback The user can either playback the local visual recording files or remotely playback the files
on the hard disk visual recording machine Click ldquoStoprdquo to exit from file playing
Fig 9-19
96 Other operations 961 Cradle head and prearranged point control
Fig 9-20
The arrow buttons direct the cradle head turn towards the above the below the left and the right respectively Click the middle button to set and call the prearranged point
- 56 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
962 Lens control
Fig 9-21
[+Focal length-] The lens are drawn further or nearer [+Assistant-] Auxiliary switch [+Image-] Slightly adjust the focal length [+Aperture-] Adjust the aperture size
963 Window browsing mode
Fig 9-22
8 window modes are provided for switching single frame 4 frames 6 frames 8 frames 9 frames 16 frames 25 frames and 36 frames
- 57 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix I general trouble shooting
The host computer fails to start after being connected to the power supply
middotCheck whether the power switch on the back of the host computer is opened
middotCheck whether the starting operation is correct
middotCheck whether the source power is sufficient
Dose it keep in the starting-up logo frame
middotPhysical damages have occurred to the hard disk
middotThe system guiding is abnormal
Starting-up is very slow
middotThe hard disk error will lead to repeated hard disk check by the DVR host computer thus
causing slowly starting-up
The host computer restarts repeatedly
middotPlease check power supply of the host computer After hitching a lot of hard disks itrsquos possible
that the host computer starts up repeatedly due to insufficient power
middotPlease disconnect the gridline and then check if the machine operation is normal Network with
serious failures is also likely to lead to repeated starting-up of the host computer
The machine crashed during reproducing or watching the visual recording information by
proper application
middotCheck whether there is anything wrong with hitching of the hard disk and change the failed one
in time
middotWhether the ambient temperature is high
middotWhether there is any heavy-current device near to the host computer or the circumscribing video
device The heavy current impacts the video cable and make the host computer fail to work
properly thus leading to system crash
Updating operation has failed
middotThe host computer is unable to identify the poor U-disk due to its poor compatibility Itrsquos
recommended to test more than one U or to use new-brand U-disks
middotThe USB port contact is poor During updating the voltage fluctuates dramatically
The image on the invigilator or the TV set is black and white
middotCheck whether the video input DVR host computer invigilator or the TV set system is
absolutely consistent If not please set the invigilator or the TV set system option in the automatic
identification state
There is no anything displayed on the invigilator or the TV set
middotCheck whether the invigilator power supply is opened and whether the invigilatorrsquos brightness is
in its lowest condition
- 58 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
middotCheck whether the video cable is properly connected and whether there is anything wrong in the
circuit
There is obvious water wave in the image and interference deformation has occurred
middotWhether the video cable is short or broken or whether there is cold joint or poor connection
middotThe video cable bears the power interference The video cable can extend wire along with the
heavy-current circuits Meanwhile please select good-quality shielding lines
middotWithin the whole system only single point earthing rather than multipoint earthing of the central
machine can be applied Otherwise there will be common mode interference Please connect the
DVR host computer to the ground with the grounding screw on its back
middotCheck whether aging occurs to the camera the invigilator or the circuit
Color infidelity occurs to both the real-time image and the visual recording data
middotWhether the outputinput video parameters have been adjusted properly in the host computerrsquos
menu
middotCheck that everything is well in the connecting lines
The image distorts becomes flickering Distortion flicker and color cast occur to the image
when using the computerrsquos display
Make sure that the VGA connecting line is properly earthed with the host computer
middotHigh working ambient temperature or poor radiation of the DVR host computer cause abnormal
operation of the VGA display chip or abnormal parameters of related circuit
There will be mosaic during playback of the visual record on the host computer side
middotLow visual recording parameters will lead to overall fall of the visual recording quality and
mosaic occasionally
middotDamaged section in the hard disks can also cause mosaic during playback of the visual record
The client-side control can not update automatically
middotWhether the IP address visiting the server is correct
middotWhether the browser setting is correct (see Section 812)
middotIf the client-side control window has been opened please close it at first
middotFor the reason that the browser ActiveX control supports compatibility please use the Microsoft
Internet Explorer browser to visit to server
- 59 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Appendix 2 Product specifications and technical parameters
Item Device parameter
4-channel 8-channel 8-channel
Main processor
High-performance industrial flush-type microcontroller
operating system
flush type LINUX
System resource
Multi-function operation support simultaneous multi-channel visual recording simultaneous visual record playback visual recording network operation
Operating interface
Humanized image menu colloquy interface support multiple operating methods such as mouse operation and remote controller operation
input device Mouse remote controller
Input method Digit English special character
System
Shortcut function
Shortcut copy and affix operation can be carried out corresponding to the same setting in the menu the right-key menu lists the common functions for frame partitioning directly switch the frame by mouse double click
image compression
H264 Compression
standard Video compression
ADPCMPCM
Video input 4-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
8-channel composite video (NTSCPAL)BNC(10VP- P 75Ω)
16-channel composite video (NTSCPAL) BNC (10VP- P 75Ω)
1channel PALNTSC BNC (10VP- P 75Ω) composite video signal output 1-channel VGA output(Optional)
Video output Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA(Optional)
Support simultaneous output of CVBS and VGA
Video standard PAL (625 lines 50 fieldssecond ) NTSC (525 lines 60 fieldssecond ) Visual recording speed
Real-time mode PAL 1 framesecond per channel -25 framesecond adjustable NTSC 1 framesecond -30 framesecond per channel adjustable
partitioning screen
1 4 1 4 8 9 1 4 8 9 16
Monitoring patrol
Support alarm channel polling and conventional channel polling
Image resolution
Real-time monitoring D1 704times576704times480 visual recording playback CIF 352times288 352times240
Image quality Image quality can be adjusted within 6 levels
Frame information
Channel information time information
Video adjustment
Can adjust the output image in each channel so as to adapt to brightness color differences of different cameras
VGA adjustment
Can set VGA attributes such as output brightness and contrast
Video monitoring
Channel status display
Can display channel name visual recording status video loss status dynamic detection status per channel frame and display the alarm status in the lower right corner
audio input 4-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
8-channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA)
16channel audio input 200-1000mv 10KΩ (RCA) Audio
audio output 1-channel audio output 1-channel audio output
- 60 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
support audio talkback
Hard disk 1 SATA interfaces 4 SATA interfaces can hitch 1-4 hard disks(8018HS mode can be abet only one SATA HDD)
Space usage Audio PCM 288M bytehour ADPCM 144M bytehour video 56~900M bytehour
Hard disk
Hard disk management
Non-working disk sleep is good for radiating and reducing power consumption so as to lengthen the disk life
Visual recording mode
Manual visual recording dynamic detection visual recording common visual recording alarm visual recording The priority for supporting visual recording manual visual recordinggt alarm visual recordinggt dynamic detectiongt common visual recording
Recording time
File record time for visual recording can be set from 1 to 120 minutes (the default value is 60min)
Visual recording cyclic form
Support the hard disk cycle to cover visual recording
Visual recording inquiry
Inquire about visual recording according to the time type and channel number
Playback mode Multiple slow and rapid play speeds manual and single-frame play modes and support positioning the time by driving the sliding bar
File switching mode
Support continuous file playing during 4-channel playback
Multiple channel playback
Support simultaneous visual record playback of 4 channels including 123 and 4
Visual recording and
playback
Frame zooming
Small frame4 framesfull screen during multi-channel playback
Support circumscribing USB memory devices (such as common U-disk moving hard disk)
mdashmdash support built-in SATA recording CD driver Memory function
Backup method
Support online downloading and storing The monitoring frame in the front channel of the remote access supports simultaneous connection of 5 users Visit and set the system parameters through the client-side software or network browser Update the program through the client-side software or network browser to realize remote maintenance Watch the operation log through the network
Support online cradle head control
Support remote download storing and visual record playback
Manual visual recording and shooting in the network mode
Speech talkback (supported by the 16-channel unit)
Network function
Network control
Multiple frame preview
Dynamic detection
Region setting 192 (16times12) detecting regions can be set per frame the detecting sensitivity setting the region can set multi-level sensitivity degree can link visual recording or external alarm or eject screen prompt
Video loss can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
External alarm can link visual recording or link external alarm within the setting period or eject screen prompt
Manual alarm control
Can enable or forbid an alarm input channel organize a defense and withdraw a defense
Video monitoring
and alarming
Shielding alarm
can link external alarm output or eject screen prompt
- 61 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
Alarm input 4-channel alarm input 8-channel alarm input 16-channel alarm input
Alarm output 1-channel relay output 2-channel relay output
Alarm relay 30VDC 1A 125VAC 05A (linkage output)
USB interface Connect USB devices such as U-disk moving hard disk and mouse
Network interface
RJ45 10M100M Self-adapting the Ethernet port
Interface
RS485 cradle head control port support various Protocols Hard disk information
SATA interface status capacity and space information of each hard disk
Log information
Display 2000 pieces of the system log up to and support inquire about the log information based on the time and type
Version information
Display the system version number MCU version and hardware issue date
System message
Online user Display the online users in the network in the real-time Multi-level user management and multiple management modes Unified management over the local and the online users User
management Support user and group increase and right modification Rights of each user can be customized Support password modification Users with administrative rights can also set other userrsquos password
User management
Cryptographic security protection Account number locking strategy the password can be tested for five times per 30
min otherwise it will be locked Update through the WEB and the client-side network
Program updating Can be expanded to U-disk updating
Password logging to ensure the safety Humanized menu dialogue when turning off the system menu provide choices for logging out the menu user turning off the machine and restarting the machine
Logging on logging out and turning off the machine
Can set the turning off right so as to ensure that the authorized user turn off the machine
Power supply 12DC 4A 12DC 6A power consumption
20W~90W
Application temperature
0-+55
Application humidity
10-90
Conventional parameter
Size(MM) 250times224times45amp325times224times52 325times224times52amp430times370times97 430times370times97
- 62 -
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image
H264 Network Digital Video Recorder Userrsquos Manual
- 63 -
Appendix III HD space estimate
Hard disk capacity and visual recording can be estimated as per the following table
Video format
Resolution
Visual recording
frame ratio (FPS)
Code rate (kbps)
Space usagehour
(MBh)
768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
PAL CIF 25
128 56M 768 323M 512 225M 384 1687M 256 1125M
NTSC CIF 30
128 56M
Description when variant rate is adopted by the coding setup of the system the code rate is varied with the motion condition of the image If the variation of the frame is great the code rate is correspondingly in creased When the set code rate is used the code rate value is the upper limit of the coding which shall not exceed the set point in spite of the alternation of condition Hard disk space calculation
Total space usage = space usagehour (MBh) times visual recording time (hour) times number of channels
For example we use NTSC camera to carry out real-time visual recording under CIF resolution and the code rate adopted is 512 kbps The hard disk capacity required by one visual recording of 8-channel DVR is
Occupied capacity of hard disk =225 (mbh) times 24 (hoursday) times 30 (days) times 8 (channels) = 1296000 (MB) = 1296 (GB)
Therefore if we need to record the video data for one month (24-hour visual recording for each day) the hard disk with a capacity of at least 1296 GB is required Under such condition the requirement can be basically met by using two hard disks of which the capacity is 500G and 750G separately Above method is for reference only The space usage of the hard disk also can be influenced by the quality of the real-time camera image